حدث خطأ. التفاصيل إخفاء
لديك صفحات غير محفوظة. استعادة إلغاء

المكسيك

  • الرئيس:Andrés Manuel López Obrador
  • President of the Senate:Martí Batres Guadarrama
  • العاصمة:Mexico City (Distrito Federal)
  • اللغات:Spanish only 92.7%, Spanish and indigenous languages 5.7%, indigenous only 0.8%, unspecified 0.8% note: indigenous languages include various Mayan, Nahuatl, and other regional languages (2005)
  • الحكومة
  • مكتب الإحصائيات القومي
  • السكان والأشخاص:126,190,788 (2018)
  • المساحة ، كم مربع:1,943,950
  • الناتج المحلي الإجمالي للفرد ، بالدولار الأمريكي:9,698 (2018)
  • الناتج المحلي الإجمالي ، مليار دولار أمريكي حالي:1,223.8 (2018)
  • مؤشر GINI:No data
  • تصنيف سهولة ممارسة الأعمال:54
All datasets:  1 2 3 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Z В И Н П Р С Ч إ ا ب ت
  • 1
  • 2
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Databasepublished June 2010These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries: At a Glance 2010. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Databasepublished June 2010These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries: At a Glance 2010. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Databasepublished June 2010These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries: At a Glance 2010. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Databasepublished June 2010These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policies in OECD Countries: At a Glance 2010. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset contains the main results of the 2014 Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison for the 47 countries that participated in the 2014 round of the Eurostat-OECD Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) Programme. The dataset is organised in 23 tables which show results both in US dollars and OECD as reference (Table 1.1 to Table 1.12) and in euros and European Union as reference (Table 2.1 to Table 2.11) calculated with the EKS method. The tables contain the following information: Table 1.1 to 1.12 The dollar serves as numeraire and the OECD as reference country (except for Table 1.12 where the United States are the reference country). Table 1.1 and Table 1.2 present the data on which the following ten tables are based. • Table 1.1 gives nominal expenditure in national currency of the participating countries. • Table 1.2 presents PPPs (OECD=1.00) that have been calculated for the participating countries using the price and expenditure data collected during the 2014 round. The PPPs were obtained by the EKS method of calculation and aggregation. • Table 1.3 shows nominal expenditure of Table 1.1 converted to US dollars. Exchange rates do not reflect the relative purchasing power of different currencies and the converted expenditure is still expressed at national prices. As such, it remains nominal measures, the spatial equivalent of a time series of GDP for a single country at current prices. Hence, they are called “nominal expenditure”. The nominal expenditure in the table reflects both differences in the quantities of goods and services purchased in the countries and differences in the price levels of the countries. • Table 1.4 gives nominal expenditure of Table 1.3 expressed on a per capita basis using the midyear population data. • Table 1.5 and Table 1.6 present the nominal expenditure from Table 1.3 and the nominal expenditure per head from Table 1.4 as indices with OECD=100. • Table 1.7 shows real expenditure converted to US dollar using the PPPs from Table 1.2. PPPs equalise the purchasing power of different currencies during the process of conversion and the converted expenditures are expressed at international prices (that is at the same price level). As such, they are real measures, the spatial equivalent of a time series of GDP for a single country at constant prices. Hence, they are called “real expenditures”. The real final expenditures in the table reflect only differences in the volumes of goods and services purchased in the countries. • Table 1.8 gives the real expenditure of Table 1.7 expressed on a per capita basis using the midyear population data. Again, the real expenditures per head in this table are not additive nor are they subject to the Gerschenkron effect. • Table 1.9 and Table 1.10 present the real expenditure on GDP from Table 1.7 and the real final expenditure per head on GDP from Table 1.8 as indices with OECD=100. • Table 1.11 gives the price levels which are computed as ratios of the PPPs in Table 1.2 to the exchange rates and are expressed as indices with OECD=100. For a given aggregate, they indicate the number of units of the common currency needed to buy the same volume of the  aggregate in each country. Price levels that exceed 100 indicate that the level of prices in that country and for that analytical category is higher than the average price level for the OECD. • Table 1.12 present PPPs as in Table 1.2 (see description above) but with the United States as reference country (US=1.00). Table 2.1 to 2.11 The euro serves as numeraire and the European Union as reference country. Table 2.1 and Table 2.2 present the data on which the following nine tables are based. Table 2.1 to 2.11 contain the same information as Table 1.1 to 1.11 with a different basis. For explanation on the contents, please see description above.
    • حزيران 2016
      المصدر: Deloitte
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 حزيران, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      With the release of the 2016 Global Manufacturing Competitiveness Index (GMCI), Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (Deloitte Global) and the Council on Competitiveness (the Council) in the US build upon the GMCI research, with prior studies published in 2010 and 2013. The results of the 2016 study clearly show the ongoing influence manufacturing has on driving global economies. From its influence on infrastructure development, job creation, and contribution to gross domestic product (GDP) on both an overall and per capita basis, a strong manufacturing sector creates a clear path toward economic prosperity.
    • حزيران 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset and predefined summary tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2017, which monitors agricultural policy developments in 35 OECD member countries, 6 non-OECD EU member states and 11 emerging economies: Brazil, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Indonesia, Kazakhstan, Russia, the Philippines, South Africa, Ukraine and Viet Nam. The OECD uses a comprehensive system for measuring and classifying support to agriculture - the Producer and Consumer Support Estimates (PSEs and CSEs) and related indicators. They provide insight into the increasingly complex nature of agricultural policy and serve as a basis for OECD’s work on agricultural policies. 
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Databasepublished : June 2018This dataset and predefined summary tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2018, which monitors agricultural policy developments in 35 OECD member countries, 6 non-OECD EU member states and 10 emerging economies: Brazil, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Kazakhstan, Russia, the Philippines, South Africa, Ukraine and Viet Nam.The OECD uses a comprehensive system for measuring and classifying support to agriculture - the Producer and Consumer Support Estimates (PSEs and CSEs) and related indicators. They provide insight into the increasingly complex nature of agricultural policy and serve as a basis for OECD’s work on agricultural policies. More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Databasepublished : June 2018This dataset and predefined summary tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2018, which monitors agricultural policy developments in 35 OECD member countries, 6 non-OECD EU member states and 10 emerging economies: Brazil, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Kazakhstan, Russia, the Philippines, South Africa, Ukraine and Viet Nam.The OECD uses a comprehensive system for measuring and classifying support to agriculture - the Producer and Consumer Support Estimates (PSEs and CSEs) and related indicators. They provide insight into the increasingly complex nature of agricultural policy and serve as a basis for OECD’s work on agricultural policies. More detailed data by country and documentation can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format) available at :
  • 3
    • تشرين الأول 2016
      المصدر: Philipps-University of Marburg, Empirical Institutional Economics
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index evaluates governmental anti-trafficking efforts in the three main policy dimensions (3Ps), based on the requirements prescribed by the United Nations Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, especially Women and Children (2000).   The three main policy dimensions (3Ps) are:Prosecution of perpetrators of human traffickingPrevention of human traffickingProtection of the victims of human trafficking Each of the 3P areas is evaluated on a 5-point scale and each index is aggregated to the overall 3P Anti-trafficking Index as the  sum (score 3-15).Prosecution Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Prevention Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Protection Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index Score: 3 (no compliance for any of the three areas) - 15 (full compliance for all of the three areas) The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index is available for each country and each year and currently includes up to 189 countries for the preiod from 2000 to 2015.
  • A
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Chapter C includes indicators that are a mixture of outcome indicators, policy levers and context indicators. Internationalisation of education and progression rates are, for instance, outcome measures to the extent that they indicate the results of policies and practices at the classroom, school and system levels. But they can also provide contexts for establishing policy by identifying areas where policy intervention is necessary, for example, to address issues of inequity.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Knoema
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organisations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The unemployed comprise all persons of working age who are without work, available for work, and looking for work, unless otherwise stated. This indicator presents the number of persons who have been unemployed for a year or longer as a percent of the unemployed population.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons in the labour force protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the labour force that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • أيلول 2014
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons in the labour force protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the labour force that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • أيلول 2014
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons of working age protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the working-age population that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator aims to capture the share of persons of working age protected through a contributory pension scheme (with benefits guaranteed but not currently being received). It provides information about the proportion of the working-age population that will receive an old age pension once reaching pensionable age. This right to income security in old age is guaranteed by the prior payment of premiums or contributions, i.e. before the occurrence of the insured contingency.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Activities of U.S. MNEs: Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates, Selected Indicators, 2016.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Ministry of Tourism, Government of India
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides data for foreign tourist arrivals distributed by age  group.
    • تموز 2015
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Denis Chernyshev
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Imputed observations are not based on national data, are subject to high uncertainty and should not be used for country comparisons or rankings. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Agricultural Market Information System
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data Source - CBS Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, 2019 respectively
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Agricultural Market Information System
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Notes: Financial Years 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, 2019 respectively. Data Source - IGS
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Agricultural Market Information System
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data Source - PSD Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, 2019 respectively.
    • أيار 2013
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2015
    • كانون الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Agri-environmental Indicators—Land domain provides information on the annual evolution of the distribution of agricultural and forest areas, and their sub-components, including irrigated areas, at national, regional and global levels.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Livestock Patterns domain of the FAOSTAT Agri-Environmental Indicators contains data on livestock numbers, shares of major livestock species and livestock densities in the agricultural area. Values are calculated using Livestock Units (LSU), which facilitate aggregating information for different livestock types. Data are available by country, with global coverage, for the period 1961–2014. This methodology applies the LSU coefficients reported in the "Guidelines for the preparation of livestock sector reviews" (FAO, 2011). From this publication, LSU coefficients are computed by livestock type and by country. The reference unit used for the calculation of livestock units (=1 LSU) is the grazing equivalent of one adult dairy cow producing 3000 kg of milk annually, fed without additional concentrated foodstuffs. FAOSTAT agri-environmental indicators on livestock patterns closely follow the structure of the indicators in EUROSTAT.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • أيار 2013
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilisers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • أيار 2013
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Akamai
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 حزيران, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2013
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 تشرين الثاني, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: All The Ginis Dataset Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/all-ginis-dataset License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data source(s) used: Crimes reported to the Judicial authorities by the State Police, Carabinieri and Guardia di Finanza: Are processed the data on felonies and people who were reported by police to the court Other data characteristics: Data referring to social demographic characteristics of alleged offenders could not coincide with data on reports because of the different timing of extraction from police forces database.The sum of the crimes by province could not coincide with the total of the region, and that of the regions with the total Italy, because of the missed precise statement, for some crimes, of the place where they have been committed (or of the region of the committed crime but not of the province).
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      AITRAW = All in average income tax rates at average wage   OECD Taxing Wages. Taxing Wages provides unique information on income tax paid by workers and social security contributions levied on employees and their employers in OECD countries. In addition, this annual publication specifies family benefits paid as cash transfers. Amounts of taxes and benefits are detailed program by program, for eight household types which differ by income level and household composition. Results reported include the marginal and effective tax burden for one- and two-earner families, and total labour costs of employers.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD's ANalytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD) database presents annual data on Research and Development (R&D) expenditures by industry and was developed to provide analysts with comprehensive data on business R&D expenditures. The ANBERD database incorporates a number of estimations that build upon and extend national submissions of business enterprise R&D data by industry (main activity/industry orientation). The current version of the ANBERD database presents OECD countries' and selected non-member economies' business expenditure on R&D since 1987, broken down across 100 manufacturing and service industry groups. The reported data follow the International Standard Industrial Classification, Revision 4 (ISIC Rev. 4) and are expressed in national currencies as well as in US dollars at Purchasing Power Parity (PPP), both at current and constant prices.   Main activity and industry orientation: The 2015 Frascati Manual practice is to report BERD on an enterprise basis. The main economic activity of an enterprise is usually defined as that which accounts for most of its economic outputs; this may be identified directly from sales or indirectly proxied (such as by numbers of personnel devoted to different activities). This determines the industry in which the enterprise, and any BERD it carries out, is classified. As such, all BERD of a diversified enterprise (i.e. one with multiple lines of business) is allocated to the same industry, that of its main activity. This enables, as far as possible, the alignment and compatability of BERD data with other economic statistics (e.g. value added broken down by industry). In addition, the Frascati Manual also recommends reporting BERD by industry orientation, whereby the statistical unit’s R&D is distributed across the various lines of business to which it relates. In a few countries, hybrid approaches are followed and reported as main activity data. As an example, some countries primarily follow the main activity approach but redistribute the R&D of large diversified firms across the economic activities to which it relates. This can affect interpretation of the data and resulting statistics. There are also important differences between countries in the treatment of R&D undertaken by firms in the service sector but closely associated (though not necessarily contractually) with manufacturing firms. Industrial research institutes, largely funded by the manufacturing industries they serve, are the most frequent examples. With the implementation of the 2015 Frascati Manual, such hybrid data will be phased out in favour of a strict main activity approach. Countries still reporting hybrid data are flagged in the ANBERD country notes.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The dataset includes a detailed breakdown of Investment funds, Insurance companies and Pension funds, and Other forms of institutional savings, as institutional sectors. This finer breakdown by type of investors has been established with reference to the System of National Accounts (SNA), when possible. Within Investment funds, one distinguishes Open-end companies, further broken down into Money market funds and Other mutual funds, and Closed-end companies, of which Real estate funds. Within Insurance companies and pension funds one distinguishes Insurance companies, further broken down into Life insurance companies and Non-life insurance companies, and Autonomous pension funds. Financial assets included correspond to the assets requested in the previous database on Institutional Investors, i.e. Currency and deposits, Securities other than shares, Loans, Shares and other equities and Other financial assets. Moreover, Total non-financial assets are also included. While the sub-classification of the above financial assets corresponds to SNA93, a further breakdown between assets issued by residents and assets issued by non-residents is reported.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The “ALFS Summary tables” dataset is a subset of the Annual Labour Force Statistics database which presents annual labour force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil, Columbia and Russian Federation and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro area, European Union and OECD-Total). Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100. This dataset contains estimates from the OECD Secretariat for the latest years when countries did not provide data. These estimates are necessary to compile aggregated statistics for the geographical areas for a complete span of time. Since 2003, employment data by sector for the United States are compiled following the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS); therefore they are not strictly comparable with other countries’ data. Euro area and European Union data were extracted from Eurostat (LFS Series, Detailed annual survey results in New Cronos). Euro area refer to Euro area with 17 countries (geo = ea17). European Union refers to European Union with 27 countries (geo = eu27).
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: European Commission
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      AMECO is the annual macro-economic database of the European Commission's Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs. The database is indispensable for the analyses and reports of the Directorate General and contains data for EU-28, the euro area, EU Member States, candidate countries and other OECD countries. The database contains data for EU-28, the euro area, EU Member States, candidate countries and other OECD countries (United States, Japan, Canada, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, Mexico, Korea, Australia and New Zealand). Data for Member States and candidate countries are based on the ESA 2010 system for the last period and on ESA 95 and ESA 79 for the earlier years. Data for other OECD countries are based on the SNA 2008. Discontinuities of the levels of all series have been removed by applying the growth rates of the old series to the levels of the new series.
    • حزيران 2017
      المصدر: International Tropical Timber Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 تموز, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      ITTO's Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation compiles the most up-to-date and reliable international statistics available on global production and trade of timber, with an emphasis on the tropics. It also provides information on trends in forest area, forest management and the economies of ITTO member countries. Data cited at: ITTO Biennial review statistics: https://www.itto.int/biennal_review/
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data source used: The aquaculture production data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. Data on marine landings, aquaculture production, inland fisheries catch, fleet, employment, total allowable catch (TAC) and fisheries support estimate (FSE) are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The surveys used for this exercise are the OECD Fisheries questionnaires.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      AQUASTAT is FAO's global information system on water and agriculture, developed by the Land and Water Division. The main mandate of the program is to collect, analyze and disseminate information on water resources, water uses, and agricultural water management with an emphasis on countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. This allows interested users to find comprehensive and regularly updated information at global, regional, and national levels.
    • كانون الثاني 2014
      المصدر: World Resources Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 كانون الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area. Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin. Citation: Gassert, F., P. Reig, T. Luo, and A. Maddocks. 2013. “Aqueduct country and river basin rankings: a weighted aggregation of spatially distinct hydrological indicators.” Working paper. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, November 2013. Available online at http://wri.org/publication/aqueduct-country-river-basin-rankings.
    • آب 2015
      المصدر: World Resources Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Suggested citation: Luo, T., R. Young, and P. Reig. 2015. "Aqueduct projected water stress rankings." Technical note. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, August 215. Available online at http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-projected-water-stress-country-rankings.    Supplemental Materials: Country Scores                         WRI projected future country-level water stress for 2020, 2030, and 2040 under business-as-usual (BAU), optimistic, and pessimistic scenarios. Each tab lists country projected water stress scores for each scenario and year, weighted by overall water withdrawals. Scores weighted by individual sectors (agricultural, domestic, and industrial) are provided as well.   These global projections are best suited to making comparisons among countries for the same year and among scenarios and decades for the same region. More detailed and localized data or scenarios can better estimate potential outcomes for specific regions and expose large sub-national variations that are subsumed under countrywide water-stress values. The country indicators face persistent limitations in attempting to simplify complex information, such as spatial and temporal variations, into a single number. They also do not account for the governance and investment structure of the water sector in different countries.    It is important to note the inherent uncertainty in estimating any future conditions, particularly those associated with climate change, future population and economic trends, and water demand. Additionally, care should be taken when examining the change rates of a country’s projected stress levels between one year and another, because the risk-score thresholds are not linear. For more information on these limitations, see the technical note.   Projections are described in further detail in: Luck, M., M. Landis, and F. Gassert, “Aqueduct Water Stress Projections: Decadal Projections of Water Supply and Demand Using CMIP5 GCMs,” Technical note (Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, April 2015), http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-water-stress-projections.   Water Stress withdrawals / available flow Water stress measures total annual water withdrawals (municipal, industrial, and agricultural) expressed as a percentage of the total annual available blue water. Higher values indicate more competition among users. Score Value [0-1) Low (<10%) [1-2) Low to medium (10-20%) [2-3) Medium to high (20-40%) [3-4) High (40-80%) [4-5] Extremely high (>80%)    
    • أيلول 2015
      المصدر: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Title: Area / Production And Productivity of Major Fruits and Vegetables Producing Countries In The World   Description: The data refers to data on Area, Production and Productivity of major Fruits and Vegetables producing Countries in the World from 2009-10 to 2010-11 (such as China, India, Brazil, USA, Italy, Spain, Mexico, Indonesia, Philippines, Iran, Turkey and Others).   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: area; Brazil; China; Horticulture; Iran; Italy; major; Mexico; Philippines; Spain; Turkey; USA; Donesia   Group: Horticulture   Sectors: Statistics; Horticulture; Agriculture   Note: Source: Data taken from Statistical Year Book-2013, CSO; NA: Not Available.
    • نيسان 2016
      المصدر: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Title: Area / Population And Income Of G-20 Countries   Description: The data refers to for G-20 countries details on area, population, gross domestic product (GDP), domestic product per capita income and purchasing power from 2010 to 2012.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: GDP; domestic; product; Capita; Gross; Purchasing; Power   Group: India and The World   Sectors: Statistics; All   Note: Original Data Source: IMF staff estimates and published in Statistical Year Book-2014 by MoSPI.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI)   The SIPRI Arms Transfers Database contains information on all transfers of major conventional weapons from 1950 to the most recent full calendar year. It is a unique resource for researchers, policy-makers and analysts, the media and civil society interested in monitoring and measuring the international flow of major conventional arms. For more information, see http://www.sipri.org/databases/armstransfers/sources-and-methods/
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: National Institute of Statistics and Census, Ecuador
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Ecuador: Arrival and Departure Statistics
    • تشرين الأول 2016
      المصدر: Hellenic Statistical Authority
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2015
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      ASTI collects primary time-series data on agricultural research capacity and spending levels through national survey rounds in over 80 low-and middle-income countries. Data collection is carried out by country focal points, who distribute survey forms to all agencies known to conduct agricultural research in a given country, including government, nonprofit, and higher education agencies. Private-for profit sector coverage is limited, and hence excluded from this dataset. More detailed country- and regional-level data on agricultural research capacity, investment, and outputs are available 
    • آذار 2015
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 آب, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آذار 2015
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 آب, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2014
      المصدر: LMC Automotive
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 كانون الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Automotive Industry, 2014
    • تشرين الأول 2013
      المصدر: International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Carpe Facto
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers was founded in Paris in 1919. It is known as the “Organisation Internationale des Constructeurs d’Automobiles” (OICA). This dataset contains figures related to auto production, sales and usage.
    • كانون الثاني 2015
      المصدر: Center for Automotive Research
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 أيار, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      1.Data cited at AutoAlliance.org - http://www.autoalliance.org/files/dmfile/2015-Auto-Industry-Jobs-Report.pdf 2. Light-Duty (0-6,000 lb)-Class 1     Light-Duty (6,001-10,000 lb)-Class 2     Medium-Duty (10,001-14,000 lb)-Class 3     Medium-Duty (14,001-16,000 lb)-Class 4     Medium-Duty (16,001-19,500 lb)-Class 5     Medium-Duty (19,501-26,000 lb)-Class 6     Heavy-Duty (26,001-33,000 lb)-Class 7     Heavy-Duty (33,001 lb and over)-Class 8
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The concept used is the total number of hours worked over the year divided by the average number of people in employment. The data are intended for comparisons of trends over time; they are unsuitable for comparisons of the level of average annual hours of work for a given year, because of differences in their sources. Part-time workers are covered as well as full-time workers. The series on annual hours actually worked per person in total employment presented in this table for all 34 OECD countries are consistent with the series retained for the calculation of productivity measures in the OECD Productivity database (www.oecd.org/statistics/productivity/compendium). However, there may be some differences for some countries given that the main purpose of the latter database is to report data series on labour input (i.e. total hours worked) and also because the updating of databases occur at different moments of the year. Hours Hours actually worked per person in employment are according to National Accounts concepts for 18 countries: Austria, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Korea, the Netherlands, Norway, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and Turkey. OECD estimates for Belgium, Ireland, Luxembourg and Portugal for annual hours worked are based on the European Labour Force Survey, as are estimates for dependent employment only for Austria, Estonia, Greece, the Slovak Republic and Slovenia. The table includes labour-force-survey-based estimates for the Russian Federation.countries: For further details and country specfic notes see: www.oecd.org/employment/outlook and www.oecd.org/employment/emp/ANNUAL-HOURS-WORKED.pdf
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset contains data on average annual wages per full-time and full-year equivalent employee in the total economy.  Average annual wages per full-time equivalent dependent employee are obtained by dividing the national-accounts-based total wage bill by the average number of employees in the total economy, which is then multiplied by the ratio of average usual weekly hours per full-time employee to average usually weekly hours for all employees.   Average wages are converted in USD PPPs using 2017 USD PPPs for private consumption and are deflated by a price deflator for private final consumption expenditures in 2017 prices.   Real compensation per employee (instead of real wages) are considered for Chile, Iceland, Mexico and New Zealand.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset presents the average number of students in a class by type of institution.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table contains data on the average duration of unemployment by sex and standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Data are expressed in months.
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The average effective age of retirement is calculated as a weighted average of (net) withdrawals from the labour market at different ages over a 5-year period for workers initially aged 40 and over. In order to abstract from compositional effects in the age structure of the population, labour force withdrawals are estimated based on changes in labour force participation rates rather than labour force levels. These changes are calculated for each (synthetic) cohort divided into 5-year age groups. The estimates shown in red are less reliable as they have been derived from interpolations of census data rather than from annual labour force surveys. The estimates for women in Turkey are based on 3-yearly moving averages of participation rates for each 5-year age group. OECD estimates based on the results of national labour force surveys, the European Union Labour Force Survey and, for earlier years in some countries, national censuses.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator presents data by sex on employees' average hourly earnings. The concept of earnings, as applied in wage statistics, relates to gross remuneration in cash and in kind paid to employees, as a rule at regular intervals, for time worked or work done together with remuneration for time not worked, such as annual vacation, other type of paid leave or holidays. Earnings exclude employers' contributions in respect of their employees paid to social security and pension schemes and also the benefits received by employees under these schemes. Earnings also exclude severance and termination pay. Data are also disaggregated by occupation. Statistics on average hourly earnings by sex are the basis for the calculation of the gender pay gap. For further information, see the SDG Indicators Metadata Repository or ILOSTAT's indicator description.
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table presents data on average monthly earnings converted to a common currency. Data in U.S. dollars are converted from local currency using exchange rates, while data in constant 2011 U.S. dollars are converted using 2011 purchasing power parities (PPPs)   Dataset splitted into below datasets:-   Local Currency (Total) - https://knoema.com/EAR_TEAR_NOC_NB   Local Currency (Men) - https://knoema.com/EAR_MEAR_NOC_NB   Local Currency (Women) - https://knoema.com/EAR_FEAR_NOC_NB   Constant 2011 PPP $ (Total) - https://knoema.com/EAR_4MPT_NOC_NB   Constant 2011 PPP $ (Men) - https://knoema.com/EAR_4MPM_NOC_NB   Constant 2011 PPP $ (Women) - https://knoema.com/EAR_4MPW_NOC_NB
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The concept of earnings, as applied in wages statistics, relates to gross remuneration in cash and in kind paid to employees, as a rule at regular intervals, for time worked or work done together with remuneration for time not worked, such as annual vacation, other type of paid leave or holidays. This indicator is presented in terms of the average monthly earnings per employee, in local currency.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The concept of earnings, as applied in wages statistics, relates to gross remuneration in cash and in kind paid to employees, as a rule at regular intervals, for time worked or work done together with remuneration for time not worked, such as annual vacation, other type of paid leave or holidays. This indicator is presented in terms of the average monthly earnings per employee, in local currency. Manufacturing refers to ISIC-Rev. 4 Section C; ISIC-Rev. 3 Category D; or ISIC-Rev. 2 Major Division 2.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The concept of earnings, as applied in wages statistics, relates to gross remuneration in cash and in kind paid to employees, as a rule at regular intervals, for time worked or work done together with remuneration for time not worked, such as annual vacation, other type of paid leave or holidays. This indicator is presented in terms of the average monthly earnings per employee, in local currency, for men.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The concept of earnings, as applied in wages statistics, relates to gross remuneration in cash and in kind paid to employees, as a rule at regular intervals, for time worked or work done together with remuneration for time not worked, such as annual vacation, other type of paid leave or holidays. This indicator is presented in terms of the average monthly earnings per employee, in local currency, for women.
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Secretariat of Labor and Social Welfare, Mexico
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data Cited at: https://www.gob.mx/ Publication: http://www.stps.gob.mx/bp/secciones/conoce/areas_atencion/areas_atencion/web/menu_infsector.html Daily wage, workers associated with the formal sector (IMSS) by state, Frequency: Monthly. Unit: MXN. 2000-2016. For the topic "Minimum Salary" , The council of representatives of the CONASAMI resolved , from November 27, 2012 , to unify the geographical areas A and B with the same minimum wage ( $ 62.33 ) . Meanwhile , the geographical area C is marked B.
  • B
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Statistics Denmark
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Balance of Payments and Direct Investment Position 
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.  This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      BOPSY Global Tables aggregate country data by major balance of payments components and by international investment position (IIP) data for (i) Net IIP and (ii) Total Assets and Total Liabilities. Data for countries, country groups, and the world are provided. In addition to data reported by countries as shown in BOPSY, balance of payments data are provided for international organizations in BOPSY Global Tables. The BOPSY Global Tables include, in addition to reported data, data derived in a few instances indirectly from published sources.
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • حزيران 2015
      المصدر: Barro-Lee
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تشرين الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee  
    • آب 2015
      المصدر: Barro-Lee
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تشرين الأول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Sugar Data of United States
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Bertelsmann Stiftung
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 نيسان, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Bertelsmann Stiftung’s Transformation Index (BTI) analyzes and evaluates the quality of democracy, a market economy and political management in 128 developing and transition countries. It measures successes and setbacks on the path toward a democracy based on the rule of law and a market economy flanked by sociopolitical safeguards. Within this framework, the BTI publishes two rankings, the Status Index and the Management Index. Countries are further categorized on the basis of these status index and management rankings/scores. For instance, countries are categorized in to 5 groups – viz; 5 or failed, 4 or very limited, 3 or limited, 2 or advanced, and 1 or highly advanced—based on their status index score of 1 to 10. A country with a high score, 8.5 and above, is categorized as highly advanced. A country with a low score, below 4, is categorized as failed. A country is categorized as ‘very limited’ if it has a status index score between 4 and 5.5. A score between 5.5 and 7 means the country is categorized as ‘limited’ and a country is categorized as ‘advanced’ for a score between 7.1 and 8.5. On the basis of the democratic status ranking, countries are further categorized as 5 or ‘hard - line autocracies,’ 4 or ‘moderate autocracies,’ 3 or ‘highly defective democracies,’ 2 or ‘defective democracies,’ and 1 or ‘democracies in consolidation.’ A country with a democratic status ranking below 4 is categorized as a hard line autocracy. A democratic status score between 4 and 5 means that the country is part of the ‘moderate autocracy’ group. A country is grouped as a ‘highly defective democracy’ for a score between 5 and 6. A country is recognized as a ‘defective democracy’ for a score between 6 and 8, and a score of 8 and above earns a country the status of a ‘democracy in consolidation.’ Countries are also categorized in to 5 groups based on their market economy status ranking. The countries are categorized as ‘rudimentary’ or group 5, ‘poorly functioning’ or group 4, ‘functional flaws’ or group 3, ‘functioning’ or group 2, and ‘developed’ or group 1. A country is recognized as a member of the ‘developed’ group with a market economy status ranking/score of 8 and above. A country is grouped as ‘functioning’ if it has a score between 7 and 8. A market economy status ranking between 5 and 7 means the country is categorized to group 3 or the ‘functional flaws’ group. A score between 3 and 5 means that the country is ‘poorly functioning’ and a score below 3 means the country enjoys a ‘rudimentary’ status. Based on the management index ranking, countries are categorized as 5 or failed, 4 or weak, 3 or moderate, 2 or good, and1 or very good. A country is categorized as ‘very good’ for a score of 7 and above. It is categorized as ‘good’ for a score between 5.6 and 7, and as ‘moderate’ for a score between 4.4 and 5.5. A score between 3 and 4.3 means a country is categorized as ‘weak,’ and a score below 3 means the categorization of a country as ‘failed.’ Countries are ranked between 1 and 10 on the basis of the level of difficulty they face. The level of difficulty is further categorized as 5 or negligible, 4 or minor, 3 or moderate, 2 or substantial, and 1 or massive. A score of 8.5 and above means the categorization of the country’s level of difficulty as ‘massive, and a score below 2.5 means the categorization of the level of difficulty faced by the country as ‘negligible.’ The level of difficulty score of 2.5 to 4.4 means a country faces a ‘minor’ level of difficulty and a score between 4.5 and 6.4 means the level of difficulty faced by a country is ‘moderate.’ A country with a score of 6.5 to 8.4 faces a ‘substantial’ level of difficulty.
    • كانون الأول 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 كانون الأول, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Better Life Index aims to involve citizens in the debate on measuring the well-being of societies, and to empower them to become more informed and engaged in the policy-making process that shapes all our lives. Each of the 11 topics of the Index is currently based on one to three indicators. Within each topic, the indicators are averaged with equal weights. The indicators have been chosen on the basis of a number of statistical criteria such as relevance (face-validity, depth, policy relevance) and data quality (predictive validity, coverage, timeliness, cross-country comparability etc.) and in consultation with OECD member countries. These indicators are good measures of the concepts of well-being, in particular in the context of a country comparative exercise. Other indicators will gradually be added to each topic.
    • نيسان 2014
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 شباط, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This data set provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: United Nations COMTRADE
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Both ethanol and biodiesel are classified under the HS-6 digit categories that also contain other products. Biodiesel is an industrial product (as it is produced through a chemical process called transesterification) and classified under HS code 382490 - products, preparations and residual products of the chemical or allied industries not elsewhere specified. Ethanol is classified as an agriculture product under HS code 2207, which covers un-denatured (HS 2207 10) and denatured alcohol (HS 2207 20).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The residential property price statistics collect data from different countries. The BIS has obtained permission from various national data providers, with the assistance of its member central banks, to disseminate these statistics. The topic ‘Property prices: Selected series,’ contains nominal and real quarterly values for 58 countries, both in levels and in growth rates (ie four series per country). Real series are the nominal price series deflated by the consumer price index. The BIS has made the selection based on the Handbook on Residential Property Prices and the experience and metadata of central banks.   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Havocscope Black Market
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Havocscope
    • تموز 2012
      المصدر: Multiple Sources
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Carpe Facto
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Allowable limit for alcohol for countries across the world.
    • نيسان 2017
      المصدر: Bloom Consulting
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 أيار, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD. In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: BP
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      BP Energy Outlook Charts Data Pack - 2019 edition The Energy Outlook considers different aspects of the energy transition and the key issues and uncertainties these raise.   In all the scenarios considered, world GDP more than doubles by 2040 driven by increasing prosperity in fast-growing developing economies. In the Evolving transition (ET) scenario this improvement in living standards causes energy demand to increase by around a third over the Outlook, driven by India, China and Other Asia which together account for two-thirds of the increase. Despite this increase in energy demand, around two-thirds of the world’s population in 2040 still live in countries where average energy consumption per head is relatively low, highlighting the need for ‘more energy’. Energy consumed within industry and buildings accounts for around three-quarters of the increase in energy demand. Growth in transport demand slows sharply relative to the past, as gains in vehicle efficiency accelerate. The share of passenger vehicle kilometres powered by electricity increases to around 25% by 2040, supported by the growing importance of fully-autonomous cars and shared-mobility services.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: BP
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Instituto Aço Brasil
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Brazil Steel Production
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Times Higher Education
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 حزيران, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Times Higher Education Emerging Economies University Rankings 2018 includes only institutions in countries classified by the FTSE as “advanced emerging”, “secondary emerging” or “frontier”. its fifth year, the 2018 ranking parts with the ‘BRICS’ acronym in the title to recognise the strength and potential of a diverse range of emerging economies. The rankings use the same 13 performance indicators as the THE World University Rankings to judge institutions on their teaching, research, knowledge transfer and international outlook. But they are recalibrated to reflect the development priorities of universities in emerging economies. The performance indicators are grouped into five areas: 1. Teaching (the learning environment) 2. Research (volume, income and reputation) 3. Citations (research influence) 4. International outlook (staff, students and research) 5. Industry income (knowledge transfer) Note: The ranking of institutions, after 200, have been given in range like 201-250 and 251-300. The rank has been taken as 201, 202, 203……..250 as the same order as they appear in the source.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD broadband database provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policymakers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets in the OECD.
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيار 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 حزيران, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2000 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by type of costs (current expenditure, capital expenditure). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and type of costs” and the preceding one “BERD by industry and source of funds” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in this view of “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria)). The two tables that follow, “BERD by industry and source of funds” and “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • أيار 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 حزيران, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by source of funds (business enterprise, government, other national funds, and funds from abroad). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and source of funds” and the one that follows, “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • أيار 2017
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 حزيران, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table presents research and development (R&D) statistics on personnel in the business enterprise sector. Measured in full-time equivalent are the number of total R&D personnel and researchers in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Jobs Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/jobs License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank Jobs Statistics Over 150 indicators on labor-related topics, covering over 200 economies from 1990 to present.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.   Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators.   The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.   Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
  • C
    • تشرين الأول 2017
      المصدر: World Resources Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data Citation: CAIT Climate Data Explorer. 2017. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute. Available online at: http://cait.wri.org   CAIT data carries a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license   CAIT Historic allows for easy access, analysis and visualization of the latest available international greenhouse gas emissions data. It includes information for 186 countries, 50 U.S. states, 6 gases, multiple economic sectors, and 160 years - carbon dioxide emissions for 1850-2012 and multi-sector greenhouse gas emission for 1990-2012.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Government of Canada
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset is updated with data obtained from Statistics Canada and the U.S. Census Bureau. Current data June 2018. Trade Data is updated on a monthly and annual basis, with revisions in March, April, May, August and November to previous year's data. Trade Data is available on both product and industry-based versions. The product Trade Data is classified by Harmonized System (HS) codes while the industry data is based on North American Industry Classification System(NAICS) classification codes. Source: Statistics Canada and the U.S.Census Bureau
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Statistics Canada
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      For the location "Puerto Rico" data is available from 1990.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 كانون الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited: Global Burden of Disease Collaborative Network. Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016) Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived with Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life Years 1990-2016. Seattle, United States: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), 2018.   The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for deaths, disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), years lived with disability (YLDs), years of life lost (YLLs), prevalence, and incidence for 29 cancer groups by age and sex for 1990-2016 are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record are the web tables published in JAMA Oncology in June 2018 in "Global, Regional, and National Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived With Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life-years for 29 Cancer Groups, 1990 to 2016."
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Global Oil & Gas Network
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 19 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      data as of April 14, 2019
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: National Bureau of Statistics, Nigeria
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Capital Importation into Nigeria
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2018 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: China Association of Automobile Manufacturers
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Shakthi Krishnan
      تم الوصول في: 13 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      World: Car Sales by Country 2017
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Indicators in the OECD database on Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions embodied in international trade are derived by combining the 2015 version of OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database with International Energy Agency (IEA) statistics on CO2 emissions from fuel combustion. Production-based CO2 emissions are estimated by allocating the IEA CO2 emissions to the 34 target industries in OECD ICIO and, to final demand for fuels, by both residents and non-residents. Consumption-based CO2 emissions are calculated by multiplying the intensities of the production-based emissions (c) with the global Leontief inverse (I-A)(-1) and global final demand matrix (Y) from OECD ICIO, taking the column sums of the resulting matrix and adding residential and private road emissions (FNLC), i.e. direct emissions from final demand: colsum [ diag(c) (I-A)(-1) Y ] + FNLC. The ICIO system includes discrepancies in the trade data (referred to as DISC). Emissions allocated to DISC are made explicit (e.g. in indicator FD_CO2). This ensures that global CO2 production equals global CO2 consumption.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident. An occupational injury that is fatal is the result of an occupational accident where death occurred within one year from the day of the accident. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident. An occupational injury that is fatal is the result of an occupational accident where death occurred within one year from the day of the accident.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident not leading to death. The non-fatal occupational injury entails a loss of working time. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring an occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident not leading to death. The non-fatal occupational injury entails a loss of working time.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring a non-fatal occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident, which entailed a loss of working time. Incapacity for work is the inability of the victim of an occupational accident, due to an occupational injury, to perform the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident. The incapacity for work can be permanent, when the persons injured were never able to perform again the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident causing the injury, or temporary, when the workers injured were unable to work from the day after the day of the accident, but were later able to perform again the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident causing the injury within a period of one year from the day of the accident.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A case of non-fatal occupational injury is the case of a worker incurring a non-fatal occupational injury as a result of an occupational accident, which entailed a loss of working time. Incapacity for work is the inability of the victim of an occupational accident, due to an occupational injury, to perform the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident. The incapacity for work can be permanent, when the persons injured were never able to perform again the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident causing the injury, or temporary, when the workers injured were unable to work from the day after the day of the accident, but were later able to perform again the normal duties of work in the job or post occupied at the time of the occupational accident causing the injury within a period of one year from the day of the accident. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories, and at the subnational level for a subset of countries.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Note:  The updates and revisions for the OECD Central Government Debt Database have been suspended. This dataset is no longer updated. For more info, please read http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=GOV_DEBT   Statistical population The focus of this dataset is to provide comprehensive quantitative information on marketable and non-marketable central government debt instruments in all OECD member countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance and excludes therefore state and local government debt and social security funds.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      CGPITRT: Central government personal income tax rates and threshold   This table reports statutory central government personal income tax rates for wage income plus the taxable income thresholds at which these statutory rates apply. The table also reports basic/standard tax allowances, tax credits and surtax rates. The information is applicable to a single person without dependents. The threshold, tax allowance and tax credit amounts are expressed in national currencies Tapered means that the tax relief basic amount is reduced with increasing income Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex This data represents part of the data presented within the Excel file “Personal income tax rates and thresholds for central governments - Table I.1”. The Data for 1981 to 1999 is not included here within as not all the data for these years is either available, or can be verified. The OECD tax database provides comparative information on a range of tax statistics - tax revenues, personal income taxes, non-tax compulsory payments, corporate and capital income taxes and taxes on consumption - that are levied in the 34 OECD member countries.” Tax policy Analysis homepage OECD Tax Database Taxing Wages Dissemination format(s) This data is also presented through the OECD Tax database webpage. OECD Tax Database
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: United Nations Children's Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global and regional deaths of children under 5 years of age by cause. Estimates generated by the WHO and Maternal and Child Epidemiology Estimation Group (MCEE) 2018.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 030 -- Citizenship by sex, by region and municipality in 1990 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_030.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure and vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Area For reasons of privacy protection, cells with less than 10 cases of citizenship, country of birth, background country or language by municipality have been marked with two dots. Continent sums have not been hidden in municipality data nor have regional data concerning individual languages or countries. Citizenship If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Citizens of non-autonomous states are summed under the mother country. Citizenship Czech Republic Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Climate Investment Funds – Clean Technology Fund (CTF) Results Data Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/2016-climate-investment-funds-%E2%80%93-clean-technology-fund-ctf-results-data License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The results data presented below is based on the portfolio of CTF projects and has been compiled on behalf of the following multilateral development banks: ADB, AFDB, EBRD, IDB, IFC and IBRD. It follows the principles outlined under the Revised CTF Results Framework and includes five core indicators that help determine whether and to what extent the CTF interventions achieve the proposed project/ program outcome objectives involving: (a) Avoided greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions; (b) Increased finance for low carbon development mobilized; (c) Increased supply of renewable energy (RE); (d) Increased access to public transport; (e) Increased energy efficiency. Please note that this is based on 53 out of 55 projects reporting results and does not include (2) CONFIDENTIAL projects. Reporting Year: 2017
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: End Coal
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: End Coal https://endcoal.org/ Topic: Coal Plants by country Publication URL: https://endcoal.org/global-coal-plant-tracker/summary-statistics/ License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The collective bargaining coverage rate conveys the number of employees whose pay and/or conditions of employment are determined by one or more collective agreement(s) as a percentage of the total number of employees. Collective bargaining coverage includes, to the extent possible, workers covered by collective agreements in virtue of their extension. Collective bargaining coverage rates are adjusted for the possibility that some workers do not have the right to bargain collectively over wages (e.g. workers in the public services who have their wages determined by state regulation or other methods involving consultation), unless otherwise stated in the notes. The statistics presented in this table result from an ILO data compilation effort (including an annual questionnaire and numerous special enquiries), with contributions from J. Visser.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Commodity Markets Outlook Publication: http://www.worldbank.org/en/research/commodity-markets License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Report on Commodity Markets Outlook, 2019 April Financial Years-1970/71,1980/1981,2017/2018,2018/2019 have been considered as 1971,1981,2018,2019 respectively.
    • آذار 2016
      المصدر: UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • حزيران 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 حزيران, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • حزيران 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 حزيران, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Statistical population: CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators.   CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms.   Recommended uses and limitations: The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI.
    • كانون الأول 2016
      المصدر: Concordia
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تموز, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      THE CONCORDIA PARTNERSHIP Index (the Index) was developed as a tool for public, private, and nonprofit organizations to identify opportunities to form strategic partnerships and pool resources for the implementation of innovative ideas. The Index ranks countries based on their readiness and need to engage in public-private partnerships (P3s). The inclu- sion of the need indicators sets the Index apart from other indices that measure P3 environ- ments. While the success of a P3 depends on a country’s political and market structures, the Index recognizes that for a P3 to be truly impactful it must address a large-scale need.
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The consolidated banking statistics (CBS) measure international banking activity from a nationality perspective, focusing on the country where the banking group's parent is headquartered. While residence-based data such as the locational banking statistics indicate where positions are booked, they do not always identify where underlying decisions are made. This is because banking offices in one country may operate within a business model decided by the group's controlling parent, which may be headquartered in another country. The CBS capture the worldwide claims of banking groups based in reporting countries and exclude intragroup positions, similar to the consolidation approach followed by banking supervisors. The CBS provide several different measures of banking groups' country risk exposures, on either an immediate counterparty or an ultimate risk basis. The most appropriate exposure measure depends on the issue being analysed. The benchmark measure in the CBS is foreign claims, which capture credit to borrowers outside a banking group's home country.   Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Consumer price indexes (CPIs) are index numbers that measure changes in the prices of goods and services purchased or otherwise acquired by households, which households use directly, or indirectly, to satisfy their own needs and wants. In practice, most CPIs are calculated as weighted averages of the percentage price changes for a specified set, or ‘‘basket’’, of consumer products, the weights reflecting their relative importance in household consumption in some period. CPIs are widely used to index pensions and social security benefits. CPIs are also used to index other payments, such as interest payments or rents, or the prices of bonds. CPIs are also commonly used as a proxy for the general rate of inflation, even though they measure only consumer inflation. They are used by some governments or central banks to set inflation targets for purposes of monetary policy. The price data collected for CPI purposes can also be used to compile other indices, such as the price indices used to deflate household consumption expenditures in national accounts, or the purchasing power parities used to compare real levels of consumption in different countries.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The FAOSTAT monthly CPI Food CPI database was based on the ILO CPI data until December 2014. In 2014, IMF-ILO-FAO agreed to transfer global CPI data compilation from ILO to IMF. Upon agreement, CPIs for all items and its sub components originates from the International Monetary Fund (IMF), and the UN Statistics Division(UNSD) for countries not covered by the IMF. However, due to a limited time coverage from IMF and UNSD for a number of countries, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the Latin America and the Caribbean statistics (CEPALSTAT), Central Bank of Western African States (BCEAO), Eastern Caribbean Central Bank (ECCB) and national statistical office website data are used for missing historical data from IMF and UNSD food CPI. The FAO CPI dataset for all items(or general CPI) and the Food CPI, consists of a complete and consistent set of time series from January 2000 onwards. These indices measure the price change between the current and reference periods of the average basket of goods and services purchased by households. The CPI,all items is typically used to measure and monitor inflation, set monetary policy targets, index social benefits such as pensions and unemployment benefits, and to escalate thresholds and credits in the income tax systems and wages in public and private wage contracts.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' contains all data that was previously contained in three different datasets: 'Consumer Prices', 'National Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) by COICOP divisions' and 'Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) by COICOP divisions'. The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 36 OECD member countries and for some non-member countries. The ‘Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices including national CPIs, Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) and their associated weights and contributions to national annual inflation. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases, a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data).
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Imputed observations are not based on national data, are subject to high uncertainty and should not be used for country comparisons or rankings. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الثاني 2019
      المصدر: Transparency International
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at CORRUPTION PERCEPTIONS INDEX 2018 by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/cpi2018 Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: Numbeo
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at NUMBEO Numbeo is the world’s largest database of user contributed data about cities and countries worldwide. Numbeo provides current and timely information on world living conditions including cost of living, housing indicators, health care, traffic, crime and pollution. For more information please check http://www.numbeo.com/cost-of-living/rankings_by_country.jsp   About dataset: These indices are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City. Cost of Living Index (Excl. Rent) is a relative indicator of consumer goods price, including groceries, restaurants, transportation and utilities. Cost of Living Index doesn't include accommodation expenses such as rent or mortgage. If a city has a Cost of Living Index of 120, it means Numbeo estimates it is 20% more expensive than New York (excluding rent). Rent Index is estimation of prices of renting apartments in the city compared to New York City. If Rent index is 80, Numbeo estimates that price for renting in that city is 80% of price in New York. Groceries Index is an estimation of grocery prices in the city compared to New York City. To calculate this section, Numbeo uses "Markets"section of each city. Restaurants Index is a comparison of prices of meals and drinks in restaurants and bars compared to NYC. Cost of Living Plus Rent Index is an estimation of consumer goods prices including rent in the city comparing to New York City. Local Purchasing Power shows relative purchasing power in buying goods and services in a given city for the average wage in that city. If domestic purchasing power is 40, this means that the inhabitants of that city with the average salary can afford to buy 60% less typical goods and services than New York City residents with an average salary.
    • تشرين الثاني 2014
      المصدر: Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 كانون الأول, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الثاني 2012
      المصدر: Freedom House
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 كانون الأول, 2012
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Countries at the Crossroads is an annual analysis of government performance in 70 strategically important countries worldwide that are at a critical crossroads in determining their political future. The in-depth comparative assessments and quantitative ratings – examining government accountability, civil liberties, rule of law, and anticorruption and transparency efforts – are intended to help international policymakers identify areas of progress, as well as to highlight areas of concern that could be addressed in diplomatic efforts and reform assistance.The Crossroads project has generated far-reaching interest since its inception in 2004. Increased attention to the relationship between competent governance and respect for civil and political rights means that scholars and policymakers require sophisticated tools to help place the performance of various governments in perspective. Crossroads helps ground this analysis by providing indispensable quantitative assessment that allows for comparison over time, as well as detailed narrative reports that provide real-world context.A new edition of Crossroads is published each year, with half the set of countries analyzed in odd years and the other half in even years. Crossroads reports are written and evaluated by some of the most prominent independent experts available for each country.
    • نيسان 2015
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 آب, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • كانون الثاني 2019
      المصدر: NYU Stern
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Citation: Damodaran, Aswath, Equity Risk Premiums (ERP): Determinants, Estimation and Implications – The 2016 Edition (March 5, 2016). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2742186 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2742186   This dataset summarizes the latest bond ratings and appropriate default spreads for different countries. While you can use these numbers as rough estimates of country risk premiums, you may want to modify the premia to reflect the additional risk of equity markets. To estimate the long term country equity risk premium, I start with a default spread, which I obtain in one of two ways: (1) I use the local currency sovereign rating (from Moody's: www.moodys.com) and estimate the default spread for that rating (based upon traded country bonds) over a default free government bond rate. For countries without a Moody's rating but with an S&P rating, I use the Moody's equivalent of the S&P rating. To get the default spreads by sovereign rating, I use the CDS spreads and compute the average CDS spread by rating. Using that number as a basis, I extrapolate for those ratings for which I have no CDS spreads. (2) I start with the CDS spread for the country, if one is available and subtract out the US CDS spread, since my mature market premium is derived from the US market. That difference becomes the country spread. For the few countries that have CDS spreads that are lower than the US, I will get a negative number. You can add just this default spread to the mature market premium to arrive at the total equity risk premium. I add an additional step. In the short term especially, the equity country risk premium is likely to be greater than the country's default spread. You can estimate an adjusted country risk premium by multiplying the default spread by the relative equity market volatility for that market (Std dev in country equity market/Std dev in country bond). I have used the emerging market average of 1.12 (estimated by comparing a emerging market equity index to an emerging market government/public bond index) to estimate country risk premium.I have added this to my estimated risk premium of 5.08% for mature markets (obtained by looking at the implied premium for the S&P 500) to get the total risk premium. Notes:  The year of publication has been considered as per publication date. For example, data published on 2018-Jan considered as 2018, similarly 2019-Jan as 2019    
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • آذار 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 012 -- Country of birth according to age and sex by region in 1990 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_012.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Country of birth The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Non-autonomous states are summed under their mother country. Country of birth Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • نيسان 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Note: CPA data for 2018 and 2019 are projections from the 2016 Survey on Forward Spending Plans. Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • تموز 2016
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تموز, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Reputation Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 تموز, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Country RepTrak | Top Countries by ReputationThe Global RepTrak® 100 is a study that Reputation Institute conducts annually to measure the reputation of the world’s 100 most highly-regarded and familiar global companies in 15 countries. Included firms must meet the following qualifications: 1) Have a significant economic presence in the 15 largest economies 2) Have an above average reputation in its home country 3) Have global familiarity over 40% It is the largest Global reputation study, with ~170,000 ratings   Normative Scale for Reputation track pulse score Excellent/Top Tier: 80+ Strong/Robust: 70-79 Avg./Moderate: 60-69 Weak/Vulnerable: 40-59 Poor/Lowest: <40
    • آذار 2012
      المصدر: Knoema
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Country Risk Assessment Database, 2012. Source: Multiple Sources - EuroStat, WB, IMF, OECD, UNCTAD
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The country statistical profiles provide a broad selection of indicators, illustrating the demographic, economic, environmental and social developments, for all OECD members. The dataset also covers the five key partner economies with which the OECD has developed an enhanced engagement program with (Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) ,accession countries (Colombia, Costa Rica and Lithuania) , Peru and the Russian Federation. The user can easily compare indicators across all countries. Total fertility rates - Unit of measure used: Number of children born to women aged 15 to 49
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2015
      المصدر: International Monetary Fund
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 نيسان, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      COFR presents data on fiscal transparency. It provides an overview of fiscal reporting, including whether fiscal data are available for all of the general government, whether the government reports a balance sheet, and whether spending and revenue are reported on a cash or accrual basis. It also derives specific indices of the coverage of public institutions, fiscal flows, and fiscal stocks.
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Credit to Agriculture dataset provides national data for over 100 countries on the amount of loans provided by the private/commercial banking sector to producers in agriculture, forestry and fisheries, including household producers, cooperatives, and agro-businesses. For some countries, the three sub sectors of agriculture, forestry, and fishing are completely specified. In other cases, complete dis aggregations are not available. The dataset also provides statistics on the total credit to all industries, indicators on the share of credit to agricultural producers, and an agriculture orientation index (the agriculture share of credit, over the agriculture share of GDP).
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      >>All series on credit to the non-financial sector cover 44 economies, both advanced and emerging. They capture the outstanding amount of credit at the end of the reference quarter. Credit is provided by domestic banks, all other sectors of the economy and non-residents. In terms of financial instruments, credit covers the core debt, defined as loans, debt securities and currency & deposits.   >>All series are published in local currency, in US dollars and as percentages of nominal GDP. The regional aggregates as percentages of GDP are calculated based on conversion to the US dollar at market and at purchasing power parity (PPP) exchange rates.   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: National Bank of Belgium
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Numbeo
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Numbeo Methodology: The Index has been calculated twice per year by considering latest 36 months. A). Beginning of the Year and B). Mid Year Crime Index is an estimation of overall level of crime in a given city or a country. We consider crime levels lower than 20 as very low, crime levels between 20 and 40 as being low, crime levels between 40 and 60 as being moderate, crime levels between 60 and 80 as being high and finally crime levels higher than 80 as being very high. Safety index is, on the other way, quite opposite of crime index. If the city has a high safety index, it is considered very safe.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: National Institute of Statistics and Geography of Mexico
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: Secretariat of Governance, Mexico
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • شباط 2013
      المصدر: RAND Corporation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This report describes the results of a study of the sources and reliability of the supply of imported materials on which United States manufacturers are dependent. It should be of interest to a broad spectrum of individuals and organizations in the materials and manufacturing sectors as well as government, private sector, and non-profit organizations involved with or concerned about those sectors. This research was sponsored by the National Intelligence Council and conducted within the Intelligence Policy Center of the RAND National Defense Research Institute, a federally funded research and development center sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Staff, the Unified Combatant Commands, the Navy, the Marine Corps, the defense agencies, and the defense Intelligence Community
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: European Commission
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Note: (1) Source: Council Regulation (EC) n°2964/95 of 20 December 1995. (2) The cif price includes the fob price (the price actually invoiced at the port of loading), the cost of transport, insurance and certain charges linked to crude oil transfer operations. (3) Due to confidentiality Czech Republic is excluded from EU(28). (4) For Romania November-2016 and December-2016 are estimations derived from Eurostat data
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GHG emissions data from the cultivation of organic soils are those associated with nitrous oxide gas from organic soils under cropland (item: Cropland organic soils) and grassland (item: Grassland organic soils). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by cropland, grassland and by their aggregation. Implied emission factor for N2O as well activity data (areas) are also provided.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: European Commission
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Shakthi Krishnan
      تم الوصول في: 02 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The European Commission provides statistics on EU crude oil imports and crude oil supply costs.
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: Pan American Health Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      1. Incidence rate (autochthonous suspected + autochthonous confirmed) / 100,000 population. 2. Deaths among Zika cases do not include deaths related to Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS) or congenital malformations associated with Zika virus infection. As of 12 May 2016, previously reported deaths related to GBS were removed from this total. 3. Confirmed congenital syndrome associated with Zika virus infection case definition: Live newborn who meets the criteria for a suspected case of congenital syndrome associated with Zika virus AND Zika virus infection was detected in specimens of the newborn, regardless of detection of other pathogens
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a cross rates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
  • D
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Statistics Denmark
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2018
      المصدر: Bank of Canada
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Bank of Canada’s Credit Rating Assessment Group (CRAG) comprehensive database of sovereign defaults draws on previously published data sets compiled by various official and private sector sources. It combines elements of these, together with new information, to develop estimates of stocks of government obligations in default, including bonds and other marketable securities, bank loans, and official loans in default, valued in U.S. dollars, for the years 1960 to 2016 on both a country-by-country and a global basis. This update of CRAG’s database, and subsequent updates, will be useful to researchers analyzing the economic and financial effects of individual sovereign defaults and, importantly, the impact on global financial stability of episodes involving multiple sovereign defaults.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Days lost due to temporary incapacity refers to the total number of calendar days during which those persons temporarily incapacitated were unable to work, excluding the day of the accident, up to a maximum of one year. Temporary absences from work of less than one day for medical treatment are not included. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Days lost due to temporary incapacity refers to the total number of calendar days during which those persons temporarily incapacitated were unable to work, excluding the day of the accident, up to a maximum of one year. Temporary absences from work of less than one day for medical treatment are not included.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Time lost per occupational injury is defined as the average number of calendar days lost per new cases of non-fatal occupational injury resulting in temporary incapacity.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Days not worked as a result of strikes and lockouts represent the total number of working days not worked as a result of strikes and lockouts in progress during the year. It is measured in terms of the sum of the actual working days during which work would normally have been carried out by each worker involved had there been no stoppage. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Translates the average number of days not worked because of strikes and lock-out per 1000 workers.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Rates of days not worked due to strikes and lockouts represent the severity rates of strikes and lockouts, calculated in terms of the number of days not worked per 1'000 workers, unless otherwise stated in the notes. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Bank for International Settlements
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 09 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset contains three earnings-dispersion measures - ratio of 9th-to-1st, 9th-to-5th and 5th-to-1st - where ninth, fifth (or median) and first deciles are upper-earnings decile limits, unless otherwise indicated, of gross earnings of full-time dependent employees. The dataset also includes series on: the incidence of low-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning less than two-thirds of gross median earnings of all full-time workers; the incidence of high of high-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning more than one-and-half time gross median earnings of all full-time workers; gender wage gap unadjusted and defined as the difference between median wages of men and women relative to the median wages of men.
    • كانون الثاني 2019
      المصدر: AIRBUS
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 كانون الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Defense Aircraft Summary
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: United Nations Statistics Division
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The United Nations Statistics Division collects, compiles and disseminates official demographic and social statistics on a wide range of topics. Data have been collected since 1948 through a set of questionnaires dispatched annually to over 230 national statistical offices and have been published in the Demographic Yearbook collection. The Demographic Yearbook disseminates statistics on population size and composition, births, deaths, marriage and divorce, as well as respective rates, on an annual basis. The Demographic Yearbook census datasets cover a wide range of additional topics including economic activity, educational attainment, household characteristics, housing characteristics, ethnicity, language, foreign-born and foreign population. The available Population and Housing Censuses' datasets reported to UNSD for the censuses conducted worldwide since 1995, are now available in UNdata. This latest update includes several datasets on international travel and migration inflows and outflows, and on incoming and departing international migrants by several characteristics, as reported by the national authorities to the UN Statistics Division for the reference years 2010 to the present as available.
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: National Institute of Statistics and Geography of Mexico
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Demographic Statistics of Mexico
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The objective of this dataset is to trace net changes in terms of volume in the growing stock of standing wood on forest land. It shows data underlying the indicator on the intensity of use of forest resources. This indicator relates actual fellings to annual productive capacity (i.e. gross increment). Forest depletion and growth describe balances or imbalances in different types of forests. The intensity of use of forest resources reflects various forest management methods and their sustainability. These data should be read in connection with other indicators of the OECD Core Set, in particular with indicators on land use changes and forest quality (species diversity, forest degradation), and be complemented with data on forest management practices and protection measures. In interpreting these data, it should be borne in mind that definitions and estimation methods vary among countries.
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This 10th edition of the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation’s annual Financing Global Health report provides the most up-to-date estimates of development assistance for health, domestic spending on health, health spending on two key infectious diseases – malaria and HIV/AIDS – and future scenarios of health spending. Several transitions in global health financing inform this report: the influence of economic development on the composition of health spending; the emergence of other sources of development assistance funds and initiatives; and the increased availability of disease-specific funding data for the global health community. For funders and policymakers with sights on achieving 2030 global health goals, these estimates are of critical importance. They can be used for identifying funding gaps, evaluating the allocation of scarce resources, and comparing funding across time and countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: The Fletcher School,Tufts University
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The DEI 2017 is a data-driven holistic evaluation of the progress of the digital economy across 60 countries, combining more than 100 different indicators across four key drivers: Supply Conditions, Demand Conditions, Institutional Environment, and Innovation and Change. The resulting framework captures both the state and rate of digital evolution and identifies implications for investment, innovation, and policy priorities. DEI 2017 also highlights the evolving nature of the risks being created by our continuing reliance on digital technology. Towards this end, the study covers a key question of “digital trust.“ The DEI 2017 incorporates a newly devised analysis of digital trust that takes into account the trustworthiness of the digital environment for each country; the quality of users’ experience; attitudes towards key institutions and organizations; and users’ behavior when they interact with the digital world. This subject is of great interest to all participants in the digital economy, given the concerns about security of essential information, cyber-attacks, and consumers’ apprehensions—about the digital systems and their reliability, the digital companies and their growing dominance, and about the leaders of digital companies. The DEI framework segments the 60 countries into Stand Outs, Stall Outs, Break Outs and Watch Outs. Three countries are notable as standouts even within the Stand Out segment: Singapore, New Zealand, and the UAE. Each has a unique policy-led digital strategy and a narrative that may be considered by other nations as worthy of emulation or adoption. The Nordic countries and Switzerland are at the top of the DEI 2017 rankings. China, once again, tops the list of countries in terms of the pace of change in its digital evolution, or momentum.
    • كانون الأول 2007
      المصدر: International Telecommunication Union
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Digital STRI identifies, catalogues and quantifies barriers that affect trade in digitally enabled services across 46 countries. It provides policy makers with an evidence-based tool that helps to identify regulatory bottlenecks, design policies that foster more competitive and diversified markets for digital trade, and analyze the impact of policy reforms. The OECD Digital STRI captures cross-cutting impediments that affect all types of services traded digitally. As a stand-alone instrument, it complements the OECD Services Trade Restrictiveness Index (STRI).
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Digital STRI heterogeneity indices complement the recently published Digital STRI's and presents indices of regulatory heterogeneity based on the rich information in the Digital STRI regulatory database. The indices are built from assessing – for each country pair and each measure – whether or not the countries have the same regulation. For each country pair and each sector, the indices reflect the (weighted) share of measures for which the two countries have different regulation.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Income Without Current-Cost Adjustment, Quarterly Update 
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Direct Investment Abroad: Reinvestment of Earnings Without Current Cost Adjustment, United States
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: The Central Bank of the Russian Federation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Petroleum consists of oil and gas extraction.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      U.S. Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis
    • تموز 2018
      المصدر: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 آب, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis:  Country Detail by Industry, United States
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GBD 2017 - Disability-Adjusted Life Years and Healthy Life Expectancy 1990-2017 The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) by cause, age, and sex and healthy life expectancy (HALE) by age and sex are available from the GBD Results Tool for 1990-2016 (quinquennial). Select tables published in The Lancet in September 2017 in "Global, regional, and national disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) for 333 diseases and injuries and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 195 countries and territories, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016" are also available for download via the “Files” tab above.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Graduates/new entrants in each educational field as a percentage of the sum of graduates/new entrants in all fields.
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: World Health Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Note: All data contained within is provisional. The annual number of cases of measles and rubella officially reported by a member state is only available by July of each following year (through the joint WHO UNICEF annual data collection exercise). “provisional data based on monthly data reported to WHO (Geneva) as of April 2019”. Measles cases are defined as laboratory confirmed, epidemiologically linked, and clinical cases as reported to the World Health Organization. Some countries report cases at irregular intervals, providing multiple months of data in a one month period. Future months are reported as 0 and will be updated as data is available. When data is used in public settings, please acknowledge the data source is the World Health Organization.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Distribution of teachers by gender and different age groups.
    • أيلول 2012
      المصدر: Americans for Divorce Reform
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Divorce Indicators across countries
    • آذار 2016
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 20 نيسان, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      1. ccTLDs stands for country code top-level domains. 2. gTLDs - stands for generic top-level domains.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Machine Tool Builders’ Association, Japan
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Monthly amount of orders received of Machine Tools Jan 2009 to present.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD FSE database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies. These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual. More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.
    • كانون الأول 2008
      المصدر: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Peter Speyer
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      IHME research, published in the Lancet in 2008. The study, Tracking progress towards universal childhood immunizations and the impact of global initiatives, provides estimates with confidence intervals of the coverage of three-dose diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTP3) vaccination. The estimates take into account all publicly available data, including data from routine reporting systems and nationally representative surveys.
  • E
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Tables show earmarked grants classified into the 10 functions (or policy areas) for which they are disbursed. Functions are the same as used in the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) by the System of National Accounts. A 'miscellaneous' category has been added to these 10 functions to allow for situations where a precise breakdown by function is not available.
    • تموز 2013
      المصدر: Earth Policy Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تموز, 2013
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Contains annual data series on water consumption, irrigated area, solar water and space heating area, countries overpumping aquifers and water deficits for the countries and regions through the time period from 1961 to 2013.
    • شباط 2015
      المصدر: U.S. Geological Survey
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 نيسان, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Florida-Caribbean Cruise Association
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Economic contribution of cruise tourism to the destination economies.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Fraser Institute
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: "Economic Freedom of the World: 2019 Annual Report"@Fraser Institute   The economic freedom index measures the degree of economic freedom present in five major areas: [1] Size of Government; [2] Legal System and Security of Property Rights; [3] Sound Money; [4] Freedom to Trade Internationally; [5] Regulation. Within the five major areas, there are 24 components (area) in economic freedom index. Each component and sub-component is placed on a scale from 0 to 10.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Long-Term Baseline Scenario is a projection of some major economic variables beyond the short-term horizon of the OECD Economic Outlook. It covers all OECD economies, non-OECD G20 economies and key partners. The projection horizon is currently 2060. For the historical period and the short-run projection horizon, the series are consistent with those of the OECD Economic Outlook number in the dataset title. The definitions, sources and methods are also the same, except where noted explicitly (such as coverage of the non-OECD and world aggregates). For more details on the methodology, please see Boxes 1 to 3 in The Long View: Scenarios for the World Economy to 2060 and the references therein.The baseline scenario is a projection conditional on a number of assumptions, notably that countries do not carry out institutional and policy reforms. It is used as a reference point to illustrate the potential impact of structural reforms in alternative scenarios, such as those discussed in The Long View: Scenarios for the World Economy to 2060. The data for these alternative scenarios are not available here but can be obtained on request by writing to EcoOutlook@oecd.org.
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 31 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available.   The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 15 May 2019.   Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of this Outlook provides a unique tool to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest rates and exchange rates, the balance of payments, government and of households, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual and quarterly data for the historical period and for the projection period. For this latter period, quarterly data are available for the G7 countries, and the OECD regions, while annual data are available for all OECD countries and for non-OECD regions. Quarterly series are seasonally adjusted. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible over the countries. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Annual Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Annual Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 15 May 2013. With the OECD Economic Outlook 87, new aggregation techniques have been applied to construct the OECD area (34 countries) and the OECD euro area (15 OECD countries that are also members of Euro area). The new approach aims to better handle issues arising from evolving composition of these areas and different data availability across countries. The main changes are a switch from a fixed weighting scheme to moving weighting schemes for OECD and the direct aggregation of ratios, rather than computing them as ratios of aggregated components. Consequently, a number of series expressed in levels differ from the series previously published, while others are no longer available, particularly government and labour market data. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 29 May 2015. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 29 May 2015. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data source(s) used: Data source: OECD Education at a glance (annually published) containing detailed analysis of several internationally comparable indicators of human capital.For further details please see the volume on the site: www.oecd.org
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 كانون الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table contains data on economic short-time workers by professional status (employees or total employment). Economic short-time workers comprise workers who are working less than usual due to business slack, plant stoppage, or technical reasons. However, the definitions are not harmonised which hampers the comparison across countries. Data are broken down professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total).
    • كانون الأول 2012
      المصدر: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2013
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Edelman
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Edelman Trust Barometer reveals that trust is in crisis around the world. The general population’s trust in all four key institutions — business, government, NGOs, and media — has declined broadly, a phenomenon not reported since Edelman began tracking trust among this segment in 2012. With the fall of trust, the majority of respondents now lack full belief that the overall system is working for them. In this climate, people’s societal and economic concerns, including globalization, the pace of innovation and eroding social values, turn into fears, spurring the rise of populist actions now playing out in several Western-style democracies. To rebuild trust and restore faith in the system, institutions must step outside of their traditional roles and work toward a new, more integrated operating model that puts people — and the addressing of their fears — at the center of everything they do.
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data on education and earnings, by educational attainment, age and gender as published in OECD Education at a Glance 2018. For trend data, Education at a Glance 2018 includes data for 2005 and 2010-2016 (or years available).
    • كانون الأول 2015
      المصدر: United Nations Development Programme
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Misha Gusev
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Calculated using Mean Years of Schooling and Expected Years of Schooling.
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Education Statistics Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/education-statistics License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank EdStats All Indicator Query holds over 4,000 internationally comparable indicators that describe education access, progression, completion, literacy, teachers, population, and expenditures. The indicators cover the education cycle from pre-primary to vocational and tertiary education.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data regarding the labour force status and the educational attainment level by the National Educational Attainment Categories (NEAC) as reported by the labour force survey (LFS) and published in OECD Education at a Glance 2017. For trend data, the Education at a Glance Database includes data from 1981 to 2016 (or years with available data).
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The nature of expenditure distinguishes between current and capital expenditure. The resource category refers to service provider (public institutions, government-dependent private institutions, and independent private institutions, i.e. both educational and other institutions). These expenditure figures are intended to represent the total cost of services provided by each type of institution, without regard to sources of funds (whether they are public or private).
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      All entities that provide funds for education, either initially or as final payers, are classified as either governmental (public) sources or non-governmental (private) sources, the sole exception being "international agencies and other foreign sources", which are treated as a separate category. There are three types of financial transactions: Direct expenditure on educational institutions; Transfers to students or households and to other private entities; and Households' expenditure on education outside educational institutions.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      These indicators on expenditure on education are published in chapter C of Education at a Glance, which covers financial and human resources invested in education.They are either policy levers or provide context information on education systems, or sometimes both. For example, expenditure per student is a key policy measure that most directly affects the individual learner, as it acts as a constraint on the learning environment in schools and learning conditions in the classroom.The data set “educational finance indicators” provides the main indicators computed for three levels of education : primary, secondary and post-secondary non-tertiary levels combined; tertiary level; and primary to tertiary levels combined. Other datasets provide more breakdowns for each specific indicator.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset presents the average number of teachers by sex and age.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset presents the average number of teachers by sex and type of institution.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الثاني 2019
      المصدر: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      EIA's Annual Energy Outlook provides modeled projections of domestic energy markets through 2050, and it includes cases with different assumptions regarding macroeconomic growth, world oil prices, technological progress, and energy policies. Strong domestic production coupled with relatively flat energy demand allow the United States to become a net energy exporter over the projection period in most cases. In the Reference case, natural gas consumption grows the most on an absolute basis, and non-hydroelectric renewables grow the most on a percentage basis. The AEO is developed using the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS), an integrated model that captures interactions of economic changes and energy supply, demand, and prices. Energy market projections are subject to much uncertainty, as many of the events that shape energy markets and future developments in technologies, demographics, and resources cannot be foreseen with certainty.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Climatescope
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      World: Electricity Prices
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Pensions at a Glance indicators, covering all 34 OECD countries, are designed to show future entitlements for workers who entered the labour market in 2008 and spend their entire working lives under the same set of rules. The results presented here include all mandatory pension schemes for private-sector workers, regardless of whether they are public or private.
    • كانون الأول 2016
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of savanna consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced from the burning of vegetation biomass in the following five land cover types: Savanna, Woody Savanna, Open Shrublands, Closed Shrublands, and Grasslands. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (savanna, woody savanna, closed shrubland, open shrubland, grassland) and by aggregates (all categories, savanna and woody savanna, closed and open shrubland). Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Agriculture Total contains all the emissions produced in the different agricultural emissions sub-domains (enteric fermentation, manure management, rice cultivation, synthetic fertilizers, manure applied to soils, manure left on pastures, crop residues, cultivation of organic soils, burning of crop residues, burning of savanna, energy use), providing a picture of the contribution to the total amount of GHG emissions from agriculture. GHG emissions from agriculture consist of non-CO2 gases, namely methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), produced by crop and livestock production and management activities. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg CO2 and CO2eq (from CH4 and N2O), by underlying agricultural emission sub-domain and by aggregate (agriculture total, agriculture total plus energy, agricultural soils).
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from enteric fermentation consist of methane gas produced in digestive systems of ruminants and to a lesser extent of non-ruminants. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4 and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market)) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, mules and asses, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for CH4 and activity data are also provided
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GHG emissions from manure applied to soils consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) added to agricultural soils by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the application site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market) and turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (N content in manure) are also provided.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      GHG emissions from manure left on pastures consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) left on pastures by grazing livestock. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as direct, indirect and total Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding, market), turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and N content in manure are also provided.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from synthetic fertilizers consist of nitrous oxide gas from synthetic nitrogen additions to managed soils. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the addition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (consumption) are also provided.
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of biomass consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from biomass combustion of forest land cover classes ‘Humid and Tropical Forest’ and ‘Other Forests’, and of methane, nitrous oxide, and carbon dioxide gases from combustion of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (humid tropical forest, other forest, organic soils) and by aggregate (burning - all categories). Implied emission factors for N2O, CH4 and CO2 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from cropland are currently limited to emissions from cropland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under cropland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol5.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Annual net CO2 emission/removal from Forest Land consist of net carbon stock gain/loss in the living biomass pool (aboveground and belowground biomass) associated with Forest and Net Forest Conversion. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html) and using area and carbon stocks data compiled by countries in the FAO Global Forest Resource Assessments (http://www.fao.org/forestry/fra/en/). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net stock change Gg C, net emissions/removals Gg CO2 and CO2eq, by forest or net forest conversion and by aggregate (forest land). Implied emission factor for CO2 as well as activity data (area, net area difference, total forest area and carbon stock in living biomass) are also given.
    • كانون الأول 2018
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from grassland are currently limited to emissions from grassland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under grassland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol6.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: Food and Agriculture Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 26 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Land Use Total contains all GHG emissions and removals produced in the different Land Use sub-domains, representing the three IPCC Land Use categories: cropland, forest land, and grassland, collectively called emissions/removals from the Forestry and Other Land Use (FOLU) sector. FOLU emissions consist of CO2 (carbon dioxide), CH4 (methane) and N2O (nitrous oxide) associated with land management activities. CO2 emissions/removals are derived from estimated net carbon stock changes in above and below-ground biomass pools of forest land, including forest land converted to other land uses. CH4 and N2O, and additional CO2 emissions are estimated for fires and drainage of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided as by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, net emissions/removals as GG CO2 and Gg CO2eq, by underlying land use emission sub-domain and by aggregate (land use total).
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset provides selected information on national emissions of traditional air pollutants: emission data are based upon the best available engineering estimates for a given period; they concern man-made emissions of sulphur oxides (SOx), nitrogen oxides (NOx), particulate matter (PM), carbon monoxide (CO) and volatile organic compounds (VOC). Categories presented are based on the NFR 2014 classification. Data exclude non man-made emissions and international aviation and maritime transports emissions. For some countries residential mobile emissions (e.g. mowers) are included into Other combustion instead of Other mobile. The GDP used to calculate intensities is expressed in USD at 2010 prices and PPPs.  
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Imputed observations are not based on national data, are subject to high uncertainty and should not be used for country comparisons or rankings. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by economic activity and occupation, according to the latest versions of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) and International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO), respectively. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year, and presented for categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year, and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are provided by institutional sector, which refers to disaggregations by public and private sector employment. Public sector employment covers employment in the government sector plus employment in publicly-owned resident enterprises and companies, operating at central, state (or regional) and local levels of government. It covers all persons employed directly by those institutions, regardless of the particular type of employment contract. Private sector employment comprises employment in all resident units operated by private enterprises, that is, it excludes enterprises controlled or operated by the government sector.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year and presented for categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employees are all those workers who hold paid employment jobs, which are those where the incumbents hold employment contracts which give them a basic remuneration not directly dependent upon the revenue of the unit for which they work. Data are disaggregated by weekly hours actually worked, on the basis of the mean number of hours of work per week, and with reference to hours worked in all jobs of employed persons and in all types of working time arrangements (e.g. full-time and part-time). Hours actually worked include (a) direct hours or the time spent carrying out the tasks and duties of a job, (b) related hours, or the time spent maintaining, facilitating or enhancing productive activities (c) down time, or time when a person in a job cannot work due to machinery or process breakdown, accident, lack of supplies or power or Internet access and (d) resting time, or time spent in short periods of rest, relief or refreshment, including tea, coffee or prayer breaks, generally practised by custom or contract according to established norms and/or national circumstances. Hours actually worked excludes time not worked during activities such as: (a) Annual leave, public holidays, sick leave, parental leave or maternity/paternity leave, other leave for personal or family reasons or civic duty, (b) Commuting time between work and home when no productive activity for the job is performed; for paid employment, even when paid by the employer; (c) Time spent in certain educational activities; for paid employment, even when authorized, paid or provided by the employer; (d) Longer breaks distinguished from short resting time when no productive activity is performed (such as meal breaks or natural repose during long trips); for paid employment, even when paid by the employer.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Imputed observations are not based on national data, are subject to high uncertainty and should not be used for country comparisons or rankings. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 22 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Compared to men, women are less likely to work full-time, more likely to be employed in lower-paid occupations, and less likely to progress in their careers. As a result gender pay gaps persist and women are more likely to end their lives in poverty. This data looks at how many men and women are in paid work, who works full-time, and how having children and growing older affect women’s work patterns and earnings differently to men’s. It looks at how women bear the brunt of domestic and family responsibilities, even when working full-time. It also considers the benefits for businesses of keeping skilled women in the workplace, and encouraging them to sit on company boards. It looks at women’s representation in parliaments, judicial systems, and the senior civil service. It examines male and female employment in the wake of the crisis, and how women tend to be confined to the most vulnerable categories within the informal sector in developing countries.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 23 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Employment, participation rates: population aged 15-64; Unemployment rate: active population aged 15-64.   Rates as defined by the International Labour Organization.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity and occupation, according to the latest versions of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) and International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO), respectively. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset contains the tenure composition (as a percentage of all job tenures). Data are broken down by professional status - employees and total employment - sex, five-year and broad age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 15-64, total, etc.). Geographic coverageIn order to facilitate analysis and comparisons over time, historical data for OECD members have been provided over as long a period as possible, often even before a country became a member of the Organisation. Information on the membership dates of all OECD countries can be found at OECD Ratification Dates.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 14 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been in their current or main job or with their current employer. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are so far reported for a number of European countries and will be expanded to cover a greater number of countries.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 29 تشرين الثاني, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 018 -- Employed persons by occupational group (Classification of Occupations 2010, levels 1 to 2), background country, sex and year 2010-2016 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__tyokay/statfin_tyokay_pxt_018.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Hint: Occupational data can be filtered to different hierarchy levels of the classification (Level 1, Level 2) by entering in the Search field, e.g. Level 2. The figures in the tables are final. Description of statistics Concepts and definitions Classifications .. = Data not available or too uncertain for presentation, or subject to secrecy. From 2005, the employment pension insurance includes those aged 18 to 68, while previously the obligation to take out pension insurance for employees already started from the age of 14. This is visible in the employment statistics from 2005 onwards as a fall in employment by young people and a rise in the number of students. Statistics cannot be compiled reliably on employment by under-age people on the basis of register data. Background countries are specified in the table if the number of employed persons in the background country exceeds 99. © Tilastokeskus - Statistics Finland
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This table contains data on permanent and temporary workers based on the type of work contract of their main job. Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year, and presented for categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year, and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الثاني 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 24 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by level of education, which refers to the highest level of education completed, classified according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED).
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are provided by institutional sector, which refers to disaggregations by public and private sector employment. Public sector employment covers employment in the government sector plus employment in publicly-owned resident enterprises and companies, operating at central, state (or regional) and local levels of government. It covers all persons employed directly by those institutions, regardless of the particular type of employment contract. Private sector employment comprises employment in all resident units operated by private enterprises, that is, it excludes enterprises controlled or operated by the government sector.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO). Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the labour force estimates and projections methodological paper. 
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • آب 2018
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 03 أيلول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year and presented for a selection of categories at the 2-digit level of the classification. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by weekly hours actually worked, on the basis of the mean number of hours of work per week, and with reference to hours worked in all jobs of employed persons and in all types of working time arrangements (e.g. full-time and part-time). Hours actually worked include (a) direct hours or the time spent carrying out the tasks and duties of a job, (b) related hours, or the time spent maintaining, facilitating or enhancing productive activities (c) down time, or time when a person in a job cannot work due to machinery or process breakdown, accident, lack of supplies or power or Internet access and (d) resting time, or time spent in short periods of rest, relief or refreshment, including tea, coffee or prayer breaks, generally practised by custom or contract according to established norms and/or national circumstances. Hours actually worked excludes time not worked during activities such as: (a) Annual leave, public holidays, sick leave, parental leave or maternity/paternity leave, other leave for personal or family reasons or civic duty, (b) Commuting time between work and home when no productive activity for the job is performed; for paid employment, even when paid by the employer; (c) Time spent in certain educational activities; for paid employment, even when authorized, paid or provided by the employer; (d) Longer breaks distinguished from short resting time when no productive activity is performed (such as meal breaks or natural repose during long trips); for paid employment, even when paid by the employer.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by level of education, which refers to the highest levelof education completed, classified according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCE).
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are provided by age and geographical coverage, which entails a disaggregation by rural and urban areas.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work).
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. Data are also disaggregated by economic activity according to the latest version of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) available for that year. Economic activity refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. Data are also disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO) available for that year. Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by level of education, which refers to the highest levelof education completed, classified according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCE).
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by weekly hours actually worked, on the basis of the mean number of hours of work per week, and with reference to hours worked in all jobs of employed persons and in all types of working time arrangements (e.g. full-time and part-time). Hours actually worked include (a) direct hours or the time spent carrying out the tasks and duties of a job, (b) related hours, or the time spent maintaining, facilitating or enhancing productive activities (c) down time, or time when a person in a job cannot work due to machinery or process breakdown, accident, lack of supplies or power or Internet access and (d) resting time, or time spent in short periods of rest, relief or refreshment, including tea, coffee or prayer breaks, generally practised by custom or contract according to established norms and/or national circumstances. Hours actually worked excludes time not worked during activities such as: (a) Annual leave, public holidays, sick leave, parental leave or maternity/paternity leave, other leave for personal or family reasons or civic duty, (b) Commuting time between work and home when no productive activity for the job is performed; for paid employment, even when paid by the employer; (c) Time spent in certain educational activities; for paid employment, even when authorized, paid or provided by the employer; (d) Longer breaks distinguished from short resting time when no productive activity is performed (such as meal breaks or natural repose during long trips); for paid employment, even when paid by the employer.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO). Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the labour force estimates and projections methodological paper. 
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by occupation according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Occupations (ISCO). Information on occupation provides a description of the set of tasks and duties which are carried out by, or can be assigned to, one person.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by economic activity, which refers to the main activity of the establishment in which a person worked during the reference period and does not depend on the specific duties or functions of the person's job, but on the characteristics of the economic unit in which this person works.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employed comprise all persons of working age who, during a specified brief period, were in one of the following categories: a) paid employment (whether at work or with a job but not at work); or b) self-employment (whether at work or with an enterprise but not at work). Data are disaggregated by status in employment according to the latest version of the International Standard Classification of Status in Employment (ICSE-93). Status in employment refers to the type of explicit or implicit contract of employment the person has with other persons or organizations. The basic criteria used to define the groups of the classification are the type of economic risk and the type of authority over establishments and other workers which the job incumbents have or will have.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. Concepts Classifications Data are collected by the OECD using the methodologies established by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP) (www.fao.org/fishery/cwp/search/en). This inter-agency body, created in 1960 to develop common procedures and standards for the collation of fisheries statistics, provides technical advice on fishery statistical matters. Its handbook of Fishery Statistical Standards comprises definitions of the various concepts used in fishery statistics, with the exception of Government Financial Transfers which is unique to the OECD. All other statistics are based on the CWP definitions. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionally collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.
    • شباط 2018
      المصدر: World Input-Output Database
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 11 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Includes both employees and the self-employed.
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Imputed observations are not based on national data, are subject to high uncertainty and should not be used for country comparisons or rankings. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio expresses the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total working age population.
    • حزيران 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio expresses the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total working age population. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. Data for 1991-2016 are estimates while 2017-2021 data are projections. The dataset was updated as of November 2017. For more information, refer to the indicator description and the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio is the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total of working age population.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio is the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total of working age population.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio is the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total of working age populion. Data by level of education are provided on the highest level of education completed.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio is the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total of working age population.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio is the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total of working age population.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Imputed observations are not based on national data, are subject to high uncertainty and should not be used for country comparisons or rankings. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio expresses the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total working age population. Data provided only refers to males.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Imputed observations are not based on national data, are subject to high uncertainty and should not be used for country comparisons or rankings. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The employment-to-population ratio expresses the number of persons who are employed as a percent of the total working age population. Data provided only refers to females.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: International Labour Organization
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 01 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Imputed observations are not based on national data, are subject to high uncertainty and should not be used for country comparisons or rankings. The series is part of the ILO estimates and is harmonized to account for differences in national data and scope of coverage, collection and tabulation methodologies as well as for other country-specific factors. For more information, refer to the ILO estimates and projections methodological note.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 005 -- Energy import and export by country, % http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__ene__ehk/statfin_ehk_pxt_005_en.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Revisions in these statistics Description kuvaus Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 006 -- Energy import and export by country, proportion % http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__ene__ehk/statfin_ehk_pxt_006_en.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Revisions in these statistics Description kuvaus Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Statistics Finland
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 27 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 004 -- Energy import and export by country http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__ene__ehk/statfin_ehk_pxt_004_en.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Revisions in these statistics Description Consepts and definitions *Year preliminary
    • أيلول 2018
      المصدر: International Energy Agency
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 كانون الثاني, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Energy Prices Statistics in OECD countries
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: Open Data Platform, Mexico
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 25 حزيران, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Displays information on the Distributed Node Prices (PND) of the Day Market in Advance (MDA) and the Real Time Market (MTR) for the National Interconnected Systems (SIN), Baja California (BCA) and Baja California Sur (BCS) .
    • تشرين الأول 2018
      المصدر: Knoema
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تشرين الأول, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • أيار 2018
      المصدر: Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 أيار, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • كانون الثاني 2017
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 كانون الثاني, 2017
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: International Energy Agency
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Energy Technology RD&D Budget Database allows users to track trends in spending by energy technology in IEA countries back to 1977. Data is collected from central or federal government budgets, as well as the budgets of state-owned companies, for spending on a range of sectors including energy efficiency, renewables, nuclear power, fossil fuels, hydrogen and fuel cells, and more. All figures refer to total public energy research, development and demonstration (RD&D) expenditure data, converted from current prices in national currencies to US dollar PPPs in constant 2018 prices, using GDP deflators and 2018 PPPs.   Note: This document is without prejudice to the status of or sovereignty over any territory, to the delimitation of international frontiers and boundaries and to the name of any territory, city or area. In this publication, “country” refers to a country or a territory.
    • أيلول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 17 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by age and sex.
    • أيار 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 21 أيار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset presents the number of students enrolled in different education programmes by field and sex.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This indicator examines the share of students by gender, programme orientation and mode of study over the total number of students.
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Number of students enrolled in different education programmes by type of institution and sex.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Number of students by level of education, adjusted to the financial year. When financial year, school year and calendar year differs, adjustments are made to ease comparison.
    • آذار 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 15 آذار, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      This dataset presents the number of students enrolled in different education programmes by country of origin and sex.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Enrolment rate per age is the percentage of students enrolled in each type of institution over the total of students
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: World Bank
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      1: Most surveys were administered using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology as outlined in the Methodology page, while some others did not strictly adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For example, for surveys which do not follow the Global Methodology, the Universe under consideration may have consisted of only manufacturing firms or the questionnaire used may have been different from the standard global questionnaire. Data users should exercise caution when comparing raw data and point estimates between surveys that did and did not adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For surveys which did not adhere to the Global Methodology plus Afghanistan 2008, any inference from one of these surveys is representative only for the data sample itself. 2: Regional and "all countries" averages of indicators are computed by taking a simple average of country-level point estimates. For each economy, only the latest available year of survey data is used in this computation. Only surveys, posted during the years 2009-2017, and adhering to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology are used to compute these regional and "all countries" averages. 3: Descriptions of firm subgroup levels, e.g. how the ex post groupings are constructed, are provided in the Indicator Descriptions (PDF, 710KB) document. 4: Statistics derived from less than or equal to five firms are displayed with an "n.a." to maintain confidentiality and should be distinguished from ".." which indicates missing values. Also note for three growth-related indicators under the "Performance" topic, these indicators are not computed when they are derived from less than 30 firms. 5: Standard errors are labeled "n.c.", meaning not computed, for the following:    1) indicators for all surveys that were not conducted using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology and    2) for indicator breakdowns by ex post groupings: exporter or ownership type, and gender of the top manager.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • آب 2014
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 08 أيلول, 2014
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Entrepreneurship is crucial to economic development, promoting social integration and reducing inequalities. The Gender-entrepreneurship dataset presents an original collection of indicators that measure gender equality in entrepreneurship, providing an important reference for policy insights and policy making. Data refer mainly to the self-employed, their profile, age, education and sector of activity.
    • كانون الثاني 2018
      المصدر: Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 شباط, 2018
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Data cited at: Wendling, Z. A., Emerson, J. W., Esty, D. C., Levy, M. A., de Sherbinin, A., et al. (2018). 2018 Environmental Performance Index. New Haven, CT: Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy. https://epi.yale.edu/   The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 16 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Agriculture can have significant impacts on the environment as it uses on average over 40% of water and land resources in OECD countries. The impacts occur on and off farm, including both pollution and degradation of soil, water and air, as well as the provision of ecological goods and services, such as biodiversity and providing a sink for greenhouse gases. Most OECD countries are tracking the environmental performance of agriculture, which is informing policy makers and society on the state and trends in agri-environmental conditions, and can provide a valuable aid to policy analysis (Chapter 4). As countries are increasingly using a wide range of policy measures to address agri-environmental issues, indicators provide crucial information to monitor and analyse the effects of those policies on the environment. They are also enriching the understanding and analysis of the environmental effects of possible future policy scenarios and agricultural projections. This report provides the latest and most comprehensive data across OECD countries on the environmental performance of agriculture since 1990. A set of agri-environmental indicators (Annex 1, Section II) has been developed through several specific theme-focused workshops involving OECD country analysts and scientific experts, complemented with thorough reviews of the literature. The OECD’s Driving Force-State-Response model (DSR) is the organising framework for developing the indicators.
    • نيسان 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 12 نيسان, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      As countries are increasingly using a wide range of policy measures to address agri-environmental issues, indicators provide crucial information to monitor and analyse the effects of those policies on the environment. They can also help the understanding and analysis of the environmental effects of future policy scenarios and agricultural projections. To help improve measurement of the environmental performance of agriculture, OECD has established a set of agri-environmental indicators, with development of the indicators in cooperation with Eurostat and FAO. These indicators inform policy makers and society on the state and trends in agri-environmental conditions, and can provide a valuable aid to policy analysis.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 02 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The OECD Environmental Policy Stringency Index (EPS) is a country-specific and internationally-comparable measure of the stringency of environmental policy. Stringency is defined as the degree to which environmental policies put an explicit or implicit price on polluting or environmentally harmful behaviour. The index ranges from 0 (not stringent) to 6 (highest degree of stringency). The index covers 28 OECD and 6 BRIICS countries for the period 1990-2012. The index is based on the degree of stringency of 14 environmental policy instruments, primarily related to climate and air pollution.
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 05 تموز, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Unit of measure used Environmental protection (EP) includes all purposeful activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment resulting from production or consumption processes. The scope of Environmental Protection is defined according to the Classification of Environmental Protection Activities (CEPA), which distinguishes nine different environmental domains. Activities such as energy and material saving are only included to the extent that they mainly aim at environmental protection. An important example is recycling which is included only to the extent that it constitutes a substitute for waste management. Excluded are: (i) activities that, while beneficial to the environment, primarily satisfy technical needs or health and safety requirements for the protection of the workplace. (ii) expenditure linked to mobilisation of natural resources (e.g., water supply). (iii) calculated cost items such as depreciation (consumption of fixed capital) or the cost of capital as this questionnaire only records actual outlays. (iv) payments of interest, fines and penalties for non-compliance with environmental regulations or compensations to third parties etc., as they are not directly linked with an environmental protection activity. Environmental Protection Expenditure can be evaluated both according to the abater principle and the financing principle. This distinction makes it possible to aggregate different sectors and industries without double counting. Expenditure according to the abater principle (EXP I), includes all expenditure that the sector has for measures they themselves execute. Any economic benefits directly linked with the environmental protection activities (Receipts from by-products) are deducted in order to calculate the net amount of money spent by the sector for their own activities. The financing principle (EXP II) measures how much money a particular sector (directly) contributes to overall environmental protection activities, wherever they are executed. This means that the part of EXP I that was directly financed by others (through subsidies or revenues received) should be deducted, while the part of EXP I in other sectors that this sector finances directly (through subsidies or fees paid) should be added. The framework is based on double entry bookkeeping, where each activity and expenditure item has an abater (producer) and a financing side. This means that much expenditure by specialised producers is financed by the users of their services, mainly business sector and households. This will be recorded as Revenues for the Specialised producers (Table 4), and fees/purchases in Business and Households (Tables 2 and 3). Specialised producers include the production of environmental protection services by public and private corporations or quasi-corporations for the use of other units, mainly financed by the users of these services. These are mainly activities within ISIC Rev. 4/NACE Rev. 2 division and classes 37, 38.1, 38.2 and 39 such as: 37 Sewerage, 38.1 Waste collection, 38.2 Waste treatment and disposal, 39  Remediation activities and other waste management services. This sector is the sum of two components: a) Public specialised producers: All corporations and quasi-corporations that are subject to control by government units. Control is defined as the ability to determine general corporate policy by choosing appropriate directors, if necessary (Table 4A). b) Private specialised producers: All corporations and quasi-corporations that are not subject to control by government units (Table 4B). Specialised producers could also include for example the activities of e.g. volunteer environmental organisations or secondary environmental activities. These should be entered along with a footnote describing the coverage. CEPA domains: a column "pollution abatement and control" (PAC) has been kept in the questionnaire to ensure continuity with earlier data series.
    • آب 2019
      المصدر: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 06 آب, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      EAMFP growth measures the residual growth in the joint production of both the desirable and the undesirable outputs that cannot be explained by changes in the consumption of factor inputs (including labour, produced capital and natural capital). Therefore, for a given growth of input use, EAMFP increases when GDP increases or when pollution decreases. As part of the growth accounting framework underlying the EAMFP indicator, the growth contribution of natural capital and growth adjustment for pollution abatement indicators are derived: Growth contribution of natural capital - measures to what extent a country's growth in output is attributable to natural resource use; Growth adjustment for pollution abatement - measures to what extent a country's GDP growth should be corrected for pollution abatement efforts - adding what has been undervalued due to resources being diverted to pollution abatement, or deducing the ‘excess' growth which is generated at the expense of environmental quality.
    • آب 2011
      المصدر: Multiple Sources
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      A compilation of monthly closing stock indices for major stock exchanges across the World. This dataset is updated on a monthly basis.
    • تشرين الأول 2019
      المصدر: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 07 تشرين الأول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only. Population_Estimates:_Concepts,_Sources_and_Methods_2009
    • شباط 2019
      المصدر: Australian Bureau of Statistics
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 18 شباط, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only.
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 30 تشرين الثاني, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • تشرين الثاني 2016
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 04 كانون الأول, 2016
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • أيار 2012
      المصدر: Eurostat
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 28 تشرين الثاني, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      The Scoreboard has been prepared from companies' annual reports and accounts received by an independent data provider.
    • أيلول 2015
      المصدر: Multiple Sources
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 10 أيلول, 2015
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
    • تموز 2019
      المصدر: European Commission
      تم التحميل بواسطة: Knoema
      تم الوصول في: 13 أيلول, 2019
      تحديد مجموعة بيانات
      Dataset includes European Economic economic forecast releases from Winter 2018 through Summer 2019(Interim).